Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94213 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -932,10 +932,9 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "&Start" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" @@ -89,16 +89,16 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrivelse" +msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 @@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ #. New service #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. New domain and provider types #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Domæne" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Domain name (example.com):" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -22,103 +22,97 @@ msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "Aktivér/deaktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "Tilføj en ny database" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "Vis en liste over aktuelt tilgængelige databaser" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "Vis en liste over aktuelt konfigurerede skemaer" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "Tilføj et skema til listen" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Aktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Deaktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "Database-type (\"hdb\" eller \"bdb\")" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "Databasens base-DN" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "DN til administrator-login" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "Administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "Mappe til databasen" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "Fil" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "Position" +msgstr "" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "Ingen base-DN angivet\n" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "Database kan ikke oprettes, når tjenesten ikke er aktiveret" +msgstr "" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "Fejl under tilføjelse af databasen" +msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "LDAP-databasen er allerede oprettet. Du kan ændre indstillingerne senere på det installerede system." +msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "[root adgangskode]" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "[Sæt manuelt]" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Kan ikke hente systemets root-adgangskode. Angiv en LDAP-serveradgangskode for at forsætte." +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -128,18 +122,17 @@ msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "Base-DN: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "Rod-DN: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "LDAP-adgangskode: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -149,47 +142,43 @@ msgid "Provider: " msgstr "" -# #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "Åbn port i firewall" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "JA" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "NEJ" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "Firewall er deaktiveret" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "Registrér på NTP-dæmonen: " +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "Start LDAP-server: " +msgstr "" #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "Open&LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -200,9 +189,6 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" -"Pakken '%1' er ikke tilgængelig.\n" -"YaST2 kan ikke fortsætte konfigurationen,\n" -"uden at pakken installeres." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -212,8 +198,6 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" -"YaST2 kan ikke fortsætte konfigurationen\n" -"uden at installere de krævede pakker." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -224,19 +208,16 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP-server: Almindeligt servercertifikat er ikke tilgængelig.\n" -"StartTLS er deaktiveret." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "" -# #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "Eksisterende konfiguration fundet." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -244,19 +225,16 @@ "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Du har en eksisterende konfiguration, men LDAP-serveren kører ikke.\n" -"Vil du starte serveren nu og genlæse dens konfigurationsdata, eller\n" -"vil du oprette en ny konfiguration fra bunden?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "Genstart" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "Ny konfiguration" +msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -271,14 +249,13 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "Overfør eksisterende konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "Opret en ny konfiguration fra bunden" +msgstr "" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -302,32 +279,28 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "Generelle indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "&Start LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "Registrér på en &SLP-dæmon" +msgstr "" -# #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "LDAP-serveren kører ikke." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" @@ -375,7 +348,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "&Avanceret konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -385,17 +358,16 @@ msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "Basale Kerberos-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "Områd&e" +msgstr "" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -405,28 +377,27 @@ "without installing the package." msgstr "" -# #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "Avanceret Kerberos-konfiguration" +msgstr "" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "Avancerede valgm&uligheder" +msgstr "" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "Nuværende valg: " +msgstr "" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Konfiguration:" +msgstr "" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -451,7 +422,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "Gennemse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -468,11 +439,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "er ikke en gyldig LDAP-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -499,7 +470,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "Protokol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -516,19 +487,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "C&A-certifikatfil (PEM-format)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "&Gennemse..." +msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "Vælg CA-certifikatfil" +msgstr "" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -624,22 +594,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "&Validér adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "" -# #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af opstart</h3>" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Start LDAP-server</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +618,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Protokol-lyttere</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" @@ -661,8 +629,6 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" "is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>LDAP</b> er standard LDAP-grænseflade på port 389. TLS/SSL-sikret kommunikation\n" -"er muligt med StartTLS-handlingen, når du har konfigureret et servercertifikat.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -679,7 +645,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Firewall-indstillinger</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -690,7 +656,7 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Basale databaseindstillinger</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" @@ -703,14 +669,11 @@ "It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Valgmuligheden <b>Base-DN</b> angiver navnet på rodindgangen\n" -"i den database, der oprettes.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" @@ -728,9 +691,6 @@ "<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis denne guide startedes under installation, sættes \n" -"<b>LDAP administratoradgangskode</b> indledningsvis til systemets root-adgangskode\n" -"angivet tidligere i installationsprocessen.</p> " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -768,7 +728,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Redigér BDB-database</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" @@ -779,8 +739,6 @@ "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv det komplette DN - eller kun første del - og vedhæft base-DN automatisk med\n" -"<b>Vedhæft base-DN</b>.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" @@ -799,26 +757,16 @@ "large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan justere størrelsen på OpenLDAPs interne caches med <b>Indgangs-cache</b>\n" -"og <b>Indeks-cache (IDL-cache)</b>. <b>Indgangs-cache</b> angiver det antal indgange,\n" -"der holdes i OpenLDAP-hukommelsens indgangs-cache. Hvis det er muligt (nok RAM), bør dette\n" -"antal være stort nok til at holde hele databasen i hukommelsen. <b>Indeks-cache (IDL-cache)</b> \n" -"bruges til at øge hastigheden på søgninger i indekserede attributter. Generelt kræver specielt\n" -"HDB-databaser en stor IDL-cache for god søgeydelse (tre gange størrelsen på indgangs-cache\n" -"som en tommelfingerregel).</p>" -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Indstilling af adgangskodepolitik</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du vil gøre brug af databasens adgangskodepolitik, skal du\n" -"aktivere <b>Aktivér adgangskodepolitik</b>.<p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" @@ -828,11 +776,6 @@ "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Klartekst-adgangskoder som hash</b> for at angive, at OpenLDAP-serveren\n" -"skal kryptere de klartekst-adgangskoder, som findes i tilføje- og ændre-forespørgsler,\n" -"før de lagres i databasen. Bemærk, at dette modstrider X.500/LDAP-informationsmodellen,\n" -"men kan være nødvendig for at kompensere for LDAP-klienter, som ikke bruger de udvidede\n" -"handlinger for adgangskodeændring til håndtering af adgangskoder.</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -845,7 +788,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiv navnet på standardobjektet for politik i <b>Standard DN politikobjekt</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" @@ -856,7 +799,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af indeks</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" @@ -909,10 +852,9 @@ "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af adgangskontrol</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -1054,14 +996,11 @@ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at klikke <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1075,11 +1014,10 @@ "informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Resumé af LDAP serverkonfiguration</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1091,7 +1029,7 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " -msgstr "<p>Med <b>Start LDAP-server Ja eller nej</b>, start eller stop LDAP-serveren.</p> " +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" @@ -1126,15 +1064,14 @@ "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" -# #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>TLS-indstillinger</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Basale indstillinger</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1157,10 +1094,9 @@ "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Importér certifikat</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" @@ -1179,7 +1115,7 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Under dette punkt konfigureres nogle globale parametre.</p>" +msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 @@ -1188,9 +1124,6 @@ "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Tilføj planfiler i denne dialog. Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> for at åbne en fildialog, hvori du kan vælge\n" -"en ny plan.Bemærk: OpenLDAP (med brug af back-config) i øjeblikket ikke understøtter fjernelse af\n" -"plan-data</p>" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 @@ -1202,12 +1135,11 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" -msgstr "<p>Vælg hvilke specielle features, OpenLDAP-serveren skal tillade eller afvise:</p>" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Vælg tillad-flag:</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" @@ -1220,16 +1152,12 @@ "<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonym bind når akkreditiver ikke er tomme</b>: For at tillade anonymt bind \n" -"når akkreditiver ikke er tomme (f.eks. adgangskode findes, men tildel DN findes ikke) </p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ikke-godkendt bind når DN ikke er tom</b>: For at tillade ikke-godkendte \n" -"(anonyme) binds når DN ikke er tom</p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1238,10 +1166,9 @@ "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Vælg afvis-flag</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1283,7 +1210,7 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Tryk på <b>Tilføj database...</b> for at tilføje en ny databasen.</p>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" @@ -1319,13 +1246,12 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Selv om dit kerberos-område kan være en hvilken som helst ASCII-string er normen at sætte det til det samme som dit domænenavn i store bogstaver.</p>\n" +msgstr "" -# #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne streng specificerer placeringen af Kerberos-databasen for dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 @@ -1335,190 +1261,186 @@ #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne streng angiver placeringen af keytab-filen som kadmin bruger til at autentificere til databasen.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne absolutte tid angiver standard udløbsdatoen for principaler oprettet i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Disse flag angiver standardattributterne for principalen oprettet i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "Tillad efterdaterede" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå efter-daterings-billetter." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan videresendes" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå videresendbare billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan fornyes" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå fornybare billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "Tillad fuldmagter" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå proxy-billetter." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "Tillad bruger-til-bruger godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå en sessionsnøgle til en anden bruger, hvilket tillader bruger-til-bruger autentificering for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "Kræver preauth" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret på en klient-principal, så vil den principal være påkrævet at præ-autentificere til KDC'en før den modtager nogen billetter. På en tjeneste-principal, betyder aktivering af dette flag at tjeneste-billetter for denne principal kun vil blive uddelt til klienter med en TGT som har det præ-autentificerede billetsæt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "Kræver hwauth" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret, så er principalen påkrævet at autentificere med brug af hardwareenhed før modtagelse af nogen billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "Tillad tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader KDC'en at uddele tjeneste-billetter for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "Tillad tgs anmodning" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå billetter baseret på en billetgivende billet, i stedet for at gentage autentificeringsprocessen der blev brugt under opnåelse af TGT'en." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "Tillad billetter" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag betyder at KDE'en vil udstede billetter til denne principal. Deaktivering af dette flag deaktiverer dybest set principalen indenfor dette område." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "Ændring krævet" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag gennemtvinger en adgangskodeændring for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "Tjeneste for adgangskodeskift" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret, markerer det principalen som en adgangskodeændrings-tjeneste. Dette bør bruges i specielle tilfælde, for eksempel hvis en brugers adgangskode er udløbet, er brugeren nødt til at få billetter til den principal for at kunne ændre det uden at gå gennem den normale adgangskodeautentificering." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Placering af streng for ordbogsfilen, der indeholder strenge, som ikke er tilladt som adgangskoder. Hvis dette mærke ikke er sat, eller hvis principalen ikke er tildelt en politik, udføres intet tjekt.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Dette portnummer angiver den port på hvilken kadmind-dæmonen skal lytte for dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne streng angiver placeringen af hvor hovednøglen er blevet gemt med kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne streng angiver listen af porte som KDC'en skal lytte på for dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne streng angiver navnet principalen forbundet med hovednøglen. Standardværdien er K/M.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne nøgletype-streng repræsenterer hovednøglens nøgletype.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne delta-tid angiver den maksimale tidsperiode som en billet må være gyldig i, i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Denne delta-tid angiver den maksimale tidsperiode som en billet må blive fornyet i, i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>En liste over key/salt-strenge, som angiver standard key/salt-kombinationer af principaler for dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver de tilladte key-salt-kombinationer af principaler for dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver hvorvidt listen over overgangsområder til tvær-område-billetter skal tjekkes mod overgangsstien beregnet fra områdenavnene og [capaths]-sektionen af dens krb5.conf-fil</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Dette LDAP-specifikke mærke indikerer antallet af forbindelser, der skal vedligeholdes via LDAP-serveren.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 @@ -1528,24 +1450,23 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver listen over undertræer som indeholder principalerne for området. Listen indholder undertræ-objekternes DNer adskilt af kolon(:).</p><p>Søge-omfanget angiver omfanget af søgning efter principalerne under undertræet.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver DN for containerobjektet i hvilket principalerne for området vil blive oprettet. Hvis containerreferencen ikke er konfigureret til et område vil principalerne blive oprettet in områdecontaineren.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver maksimalt billetlevetid for principaler i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiver maksimal fornybar levetid for billetter for principaler i dette område.</p>" +msgstr "" -# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1557,40 +1478,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "Databasesti" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "&Databasesti" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "ACL-fil" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "ACL-&fil" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "Administrator keytab" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "Standard udløbsværdi for principal" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1603,12 +1523,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "&Tilgængelig" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "&Dato" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1621,7 +1541,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "T&id" +msgstr "" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1632,141 +1552,134 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "Standardflag for principal" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "Tillad e&fterdaterede" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan &videresendes" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan forn&yes" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "Tillad fuld&magter" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "Tillad br&uger-til-bruger godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "Kræver pr&eauth" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "Kræver &hwauth" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "Tillad tjene&ste" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "Tillad tgs a&nmodning" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "Tillad bille&tter" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "Ænd&ring krævet" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "Tjeneste for &adgangskodeændring" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "Ordbogsfil" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "Kadmin-dæmon port" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "Kpasswd-dæmon port" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "Nøgleopbevaringsfil" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "KDC-port" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "Hovednøglenavn" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "Hovednøgletype" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1774,17 +1687,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "Maksimal billetlevetid" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "&Dage" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 @@ -1792,69 +1703,66 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "Maksimal billet tildelingstid: %1" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "Standard krypteringstype" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "KDC-understøttede krypteringstyper" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "Afvis dårlig sending" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "Antal LDAP-forbindelser" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "Filen med LDAP adgangskoden" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "Søg i undertræer" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "Søgeomfang" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "undertræ&ssøgning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "&et niveau" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "Beholder til principalen" +msgstr "" -# #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede LDAP-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1914,82 +1822,75 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" -# #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** #. * tree structure definition ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af opstart" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "Globale indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "Planfiler" +msgstr "" -# Login dialog caption #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "Logniveau-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "Tillad/afvis features" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "TLS-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "Databaser" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "Suffiks-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "Type af database" +msgstr "" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "Din TLS/SSL-konfiguration ser ud til at være ukomplet." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig aktivere \"ldaps\" protokol-lytteren?" +msgstr "" -# #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "Vælg ny planfil" +msgstr "" -# #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "Planfilen er allerede i listen." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2003,17 +1904,15 @@ msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "Vælg certifikatfil" +msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "Vælg certifikatnøglefil" +msgstr "" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2028,32 +1927,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette databasen?" +msgstr "" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger for den nuværende database." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse indstillinger for den nuværende database." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "N&y administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "Adgangskode&kryptering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2067,7 +1965,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "Nej" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 @@ -2075,7 +1973,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" +msgstr "" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 @@ -2087,17 +1985,15 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af indeks" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "Retningslinier for adgangskode-indstilling" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af adgangskontrol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2113,197 +2009,188 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "Protokol-lyttere" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" +msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "Inkluderede &planfiler" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg &Logniveau-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "Sporingsfunktions-kald" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "Fejlret pakke-håndtering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "Tung sporings-fejlretning (funktionsarg.)" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "Forbindelseshåndtering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "Udskriv pakker sendt og modtaget" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af søgefilter" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af konfigurationsfil" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af adgangskontrolliste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "Log tilslutninger, operationer og resultat" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "Log-indgange sendt" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "Udskriv kommunikation med skal-backends" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "Indgangs-fortolkning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "LDAPSync-gentagelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "Ingen" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg till&ad-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "LDAPv2 bind-forespørgsler" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "Anonym bind når akkreditiver ikke er tomme" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "Ikke-godkendt bind når DN ikke er tom" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "Ikke-godkendte opdateringhandlinger der skal behandles" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg &afvis-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Deaktivér accept af anonyme bind-forespørgsler (forbyder ikke anonym adgang til mapper)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "Deaktivér simpel bind-godkendelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Deaktivér at tvinge session til anonym status ved modtagelse af StartTLS-handling" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "Afvis StartTLS-handling hvis godkendt" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "Basale indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "Aktivér TLS" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "Aktivér grænsefladen LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "Brug almindeligt servercertifikat" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "Importér certifikat" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "Certifikat&fil (PEM-format)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "&Gennemse..." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "Certifi&katnøglefil (PEM-format - Ukrypteret)" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "Genne&mse..." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "Start CA-håndteringsmodulet" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "&Base-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "Administrator DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "Tilføj B&ase-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "Ændr adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "Redigér BDB-database" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "Indgangs-cache" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "Indeks-cache (IDL-cache)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2311,11 +2198,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "kilobytes" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "minutter" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2331,38 +2218,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "Rediger Database" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "Database-type er ikke understøttet i øjeblikket." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "Indekserer konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "Egenskab" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "Tilstedeværelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "Lighed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "Substreng" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "Ændr administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" @@ -2370,38 +2257,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "Tilføj indeks" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for adgangskodepolitik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "Aktivér adgangskodepolitikker" +msgstr "" -# CheckBox label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "Klartekst-adgangskoder som hash" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "Offentliggør statussen \"Konto er låst\"" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "Standard DN politikobjekt" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "Redigér politik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "Alle indgange" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2409,35 +2294,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "Indgangen med DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "Alle" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "Godkendte klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "Anonyme klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "Den tilgåede indgang (selv)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "Brugeren med DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "Alle indgange i undertræet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "Alle medlemmer af gruppen" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" @@ -2445,69 +2330,69 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "Ingen adgang" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "Ingen adgang (men vis information ved fejl)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "Godkend" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "Sammenlign" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "Læs" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "Skriv" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "Administrér (fuld adgang)" +msgstr "" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "Ny database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "Basale databaseindstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "&Administrator-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "Tilf&øje base DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "LDA&P administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "&Databasemappe" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "Brug denne database som standard for OpenLDAP-klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "Vælg databasemappe" +msgstr "" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "Base-DN skal være angivet." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2515,11 +2400,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "Rod-DN skal være angivet, hvis en adgangskode gives." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "Validering af adgangskode fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2529,52 +2414,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "En mappe skal angives." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "Mappen eksisterer ikke. Vil du oprette den?" +msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "Godkendelse fejlede. Adgangskoden er sikkert forkert.\n" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "Fejlbeskeden var: '" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "Forsøg igen?" +msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "Tilgængelige attributtyper" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "Valgte attributtyper" +msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "For hvem skal denne regel anvendes" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "Indgang-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "Vælg" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "Definér adgangsniveauet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2595,27 +2480,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "Undertræ-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "Gruppe-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "Redigér regel for adgangskontrol" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "Målobjekter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "Matcher filteret:" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "LDAP-filter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2623,23 +2508,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "Attributter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "Adgangsniveau" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "Hvem" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2647,11 +2532,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "Op" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "Ned" +msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2668,11 +2553,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "Filter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2688,10 +2573,9 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2701,23 +2585,21 @@ msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "Dage" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "Timer" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "Minutter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "Sekunder" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2775,15 +2657,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Læser opstartskonfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "Læser konfigurationsmotor" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "Læser konfigurationsdata" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2797,31 +2679,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "LDAP-søgning fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP URL skema." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "LDAP-initialisering fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "LDAP-binding fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "Initialisering af LDAP skema mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "Læsning af LDAP skema mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "Kerberos-skema er ikke kendt af LDAP serveren." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 @@ -2830,38 +2712,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "Ændring af kerberos-database mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "LDAP ændring mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "Ufuldstændige data." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "Ikke understøttet databasetype." +msgstr "" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "Aktiverer LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "Starter LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Aktiverer OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Genstarter OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2875,27 +2756,25 @@ msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Skriver opstartskonfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "Rydder op i config-mappe" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "Opretter konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Starter OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "Opretter baseobjekter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2907,41 +2786,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "Skift fra slapd.conf til config-backend fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af lytteren for LDAPI-protokol fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "Rydning af config-mappe fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "Fejl under udfyldelse af konfigurationsdatabasen med \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af LDAP-tjenesten fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "Start af LDAP-tjenesten fejlede." +msgstr "" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "Stopper LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "Deaktiverer LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -2961,50 +2836,45 @@ msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "Skriver sysconfig-filer" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "Føjer ændringer til konfigurationsdatabase" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "Føjer ændringer til /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "Opretter baseobjekter til nyligt oprettede databaser." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "Opdaterer standardobjekter for adgangskodepolitik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "Venter på at OpenLDAP's indekseringsopgaver i baggrunden skal færdiggøres (dette kan tage nogle minutter)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "Genstarter OpenLDAP-server hvis påkrævet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af baseobjekter fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af objekter for adgangskodepolitik fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" @@ -3014,10 +2884,9 @@ msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "Registrér på SLP-tjenesten: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3025,19 +2894,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "Opret de følgende databaser:" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "Databasesuffiks: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "Type af database: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "Ikke konfigureret endnu." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3045,12 +2914,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "Certifikatfil eksisterer ikke" +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "Certifikatnøglefil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3062,20 +2931,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "Rydder op i mappe til config-database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "Konverterer slapd.conf til config-database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Skifter opstartskonfiguration til brug af config-database" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "Genstarter LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -3083,20 +2951,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "Output af \"slaptest\":\n" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "Overførsel af eksisterende konfiguration fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af LDAPI-lytter fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "Fælles servercertifikat er ikke tilgængeligt. StartTLS er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3119,19 +2986,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive krb5.conf." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af kerberos-database mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til kodeordsfilen mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "er ikke en gyldig LDAP-DN." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3149,7 +3016,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "Første del af suffiks skal være c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= eller dc=." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format @@ -3173,11 +3040,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "Rod-DN skal være et underobjekt af base-DN." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette mappe." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format @@ -3207,158 +3074,154 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til krb5.conf mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til kdc.conf mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "Database-typen '%s' er ikke understøttet. Tilladt er 'bdb' og 'hdb'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "Landenavn skal være en ISO-3166 2-bogstavs landekode." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "Ugyldigt 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "'rootdn' skal være under 'suffikset'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "For at angive en adgangskode skal du definere 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "Definér 'rootpw'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "'%s' er en krypteringsmetode der ikke er understøttet." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "Definér 'mappe'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "Mappen findes ikke." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "Værdien for cache-størrelsen er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "Ugyldig checkpoint-værdi." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "Definér 'passwd'." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "Redigering af database fejlede." +msgstr "" #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'suffix'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "Kan ikke genstarte tjenesten." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe tjenesten." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "CA-certifikatfil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "Sti til CA-certifikat eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "Certifikatfil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "Ugyldig værdi for 'TLSVerifyClient'." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "Skrivning fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerCertificateFile'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerCertificateData'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "Korrupt PEM-data." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerKeyFile'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse nøglefil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerKeyData'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse CA-certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive nøglefil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive CA-certifikatfil." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -4323,12 +4323,11 @@ msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afbrudt" -# #. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) #. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "Fil ikke fundet." +msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 @@ -5070,7 +5069,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "KiB" +msgstr "" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -37,29 +37,28 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" -msgstr "Enhed" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" -msgstr "Brugt" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "Vælg &alle" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sikkerhed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "IP-adresse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" -msgstr "Kanal" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" @@ -224,16 +224,16 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" -msgstr "Kører" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" -msgstr "Kører ikke" +msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Booter" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Slå til og fra" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Nuværende status: " +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" @@ -427,8 +427,6 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryd initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 @@ -445,10 +443,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b>.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"</p>\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 @@ -458,7 +452,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 @@ -468,12 +462,12 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 @@ -483,12 +477,12 @@ #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 @@ -499,7 +493,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" @@ -518,12 +512,12 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse database 2." +msgstr "" #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde enheder." +msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 @@ -533,7 +527,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 @@ -543,7 +537,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 @@ -553,4 +547,4 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netværk" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" @@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" -msgstr "Netværksmaske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" -msgstr "VLAN" +msgstr "" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 @@ -135,16 +135,15 @@ msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "" -# #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" -msgstr "&Subnet" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" -msgstr "Net&maske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" @@ -168,17 +167,17 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" -msgstr "&IP-Adresse" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 msgid "URL" -msgstr "URL" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 @@ -238,21 +237,20 @@ msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" -# #. combobox item #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 msgid "Custom" -msgstr "Brugerdefineret" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" -msgstr "Brugernavn" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 @@ -270,8 +268,6 @@ "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" -"Adgangskoderne matcher ikke.\n" -"Prøv igen." #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 @@ -285,11 +281,10 @@ msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" -# #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" -msgstr "deaktiveret" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 @@ -347,7 +342,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." -msgstr "Den laveste adresse skal være lavere end den højeste." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 @@ -435,7 +430,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 @@ -450,13 +445,13 @@ #. Progress step #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." -msgstr "Læser konfigurationen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 @@ -466,9 +461,9 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -59,10 +59,9 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Softwarekilde" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -86,24 +85,23 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" -msgstr "Image-fil" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 msgid "Command" -msgstr "Kommando" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" -msgstr "Genop&frisk" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" -msgstr "&Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "ikke sat" +msgstr "" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" +msgstr "" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "Nej" +msgstr "" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "Driver" +msgstr "" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" -msgstr "Standard" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" -msgstr "&Vælg" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" -msgstr "Alias" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" @@ -216,23 +216,23 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" -msgstr "Tilgængelig" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "Fjern" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" -msgstr "Ned" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" -msgstr "Op" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" -msgstr "Til&føj" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 msgid "&Filter" -msgstr "&Filter" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 msgid "Installed Families" @@ -579,11 +579,11 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "&Annullér" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "&O.k." +msgstr "" #. save unknown langs #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" -msgstr "port" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" @@ -117,17 +117,17 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" @@ -248,12 +248,11 @@ msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" -# #. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Firewallkonfiguration" +msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); @@ -337,7 +336,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") #. Convert relative path to absolute path @@ -368,7 +367,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -378,13 +377,13 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 @@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 @@ -404,7 +403,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 @@ -415,13 +414,13 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 @@ -431,34 +430,34 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Søge efter enhederne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Søger efter enheder..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse databasen 1." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse database 2." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde enheder." +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 @@ -468,13 +467,13 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "Konfiguration summarum..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -192,7 +192,8 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -238,7 +239,8 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -273,22 +275,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Brug <b>Sortlist enheder</b> hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Brug <b>Sortlist enheder</b> hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over " +"sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug.</p>" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Sortlister enheder..." @@ -299,36 +308,56 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Klon systemindstillinger</b>, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Markér <b>Klon systemindstillinger</b>, hvis du vil oprette en " +"AutoYAST-profil.\n" +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " +"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " +"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" +msgstr "" +"Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Klon systemkonfiguration" #. this is a menu entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Klon systemkonfiguration" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem den ikke</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" +"do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem " +"den ikke</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -365,8 +394,12 @@ msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre RPM-installationen hurtigere." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre " +"RPM-installationen hurtigere." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -377,8 +410,12 @@ msgstr "Installér i&kke fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som installationskilde" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som " +"installationskilde" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -386,12 +423,18 @@ msgstr "Her kan du oprette dine egne imagefiler.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "Du skal konfigurere softwarevalget før du kan oprette en imagefil her" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under installation)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under " +"installation)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -416,25 +459,34 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Installation fra imagefiler</b> bruges til at gøre installationen hurtigere.\n" -"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som matcher dit\n" -"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive installeret fra\n" +"<p><b>Installation fra imagefiler</b> bruges til at gøre installationen " +"hurtigere.\n" +"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som " +"matcher dit\n" +"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive " +"installeret fra\n" "pakker på den normale måde.</p>\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " +"auto-installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Oprettelse af egne imagefiler</b> bruges hvis du\n" "vil skippe hele trinnet med RPM-installation. I stedet vil AutoYaST dumpe en\n" -"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være prækonfigureret allerede.\n" -"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation.</p>" +"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være " +"prækonfigureret allerede.\n" +"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -444,11 +496,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" -"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev oprettet.</p>" +"<p>Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle " +"pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" +"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev " +"oprettet.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -490,13 +545,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -597,6 +654,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test af t&astatur" @@ -630,12 +688,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Licensen skal accepteres, før du fortsætter installationen.\n" -"Brug <b>Licensoversættelser...</b>, for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige oversættelser.\n" +"Brug <b>Licensoversættelser...</b>, for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige " +"oversættelser.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text, continued @@ -684,6 +744,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 +#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter..." @@ -769,20 +830,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Markér <b>Klon</b>, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " +"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " +"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" +"/p>" #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken <b>%1</b> være installeret.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken <b>%1</b> være installeret.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" @@ -823,10 +893,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Fejlsøgning er blevet slået til.\n" -"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle status." +"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle " +"status." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -860,7 +932,9 @@ msgstr "&Disk som skal bruges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -895,6 +969,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Skift net&værkskonfiguration" @@ -1027,6 +1102,7 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsindstillinger" @@ -1043,6 +1119,9 @@ # Read dialog help 1/2 #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n" +#| "Select what to do:</p>" msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Installationsindstillinger</b></big></p>" @@ -1061,7 +1140,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1070,8 +1150,12 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>" +"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden " +"<i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1127,10 +1211,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder eller\n" -"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring konfigurationen over.</p>\n" +"<p>Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder " +"eller\n" +"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring " +"konfigurationen over.</p>\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1144,25 +1231,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number " +"\n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>I Linux er <b>valg</b> prioriteret højt. <i>openSUSE</i> tilbyder et antal\n" -"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - <b>GNOME</b>\n" +"<p>I Linux er <b>valg</b> prioriteret højt. <i>openSUSE</i> tilbyder et " +"antal\n" +"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - <b>GNOME</b>" +"\n" "og <b>KDE</b>.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the " +"software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale installationsmønstre),\n" -"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen <b>Andet</b>. Senere under \n" -"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje yderligere \n" +"<p>Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale " +"installationsmønstre),\n" +"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen <b>Andet</b>. " +"Senere under \n" +"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje " +"yderligere \n" "skrivebordsmiljøer. Dette skærmbillede lader dig vælge standard.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1346,10 +1442,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation." +"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til " +"installation." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1465,10 +1563,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Her kan du se alle softwarekilder, som blev fundet\n" -"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i opgraderingsprocessen.</p>" +"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i " +"opgraderingsprocessen.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1477,7 +1577,8 @@ "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>For at aktivere, fjerne eller deaktivere en URL, klik på\n" -"<b>Skift status</b>-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i tabellen.</p>" +"<b>Skift status</b>-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i " +"tabellen.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1819,6 +1920,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Formindsker PREP-partition..." @@ -1834,6 +1936,7 @@ #. while input loop #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" msgstr "Placering af gemt konfiguration" @@ -1910,9 +2013,12 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder." +msgstr "" +"Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" " +"herunder." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer." @@ -1964,7 +2070,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "Eksekvér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "Anmodning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "Login" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "Netmaske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "Protokol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -554,15 +554,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -588,11 +588,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -667,19 +667,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -689,10 +689,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ #. first tab - service status and firewall #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" -msgstr "Global" +msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog @@ -50,18 +50,17 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "Genkender" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 @@ -88,16 +87,15 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" -msgstr "LUN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" -msgstr "Søgesti" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -106,14 +104,14 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 @@ -122,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" @@ -153,13 +151,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" -msgstr "Ingen godkendelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" -msgstr "Indkommende godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 @@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" -msgstr "Brugernavn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 @@ -176,46 +174,44 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" -msgstr "Udgående godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Under &boot" +msgstr "" -# #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "&Manuelt" +msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Under boot" +msgstr "" -# #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuelt" +msgstr "" #. dialog for expert settings #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Key" -msgstr "Nøgle" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result @@ -230,12 +226,12 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" -msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-mål</h1>" +msgstr "" #. dialog for add target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" -msgstr "Tilføj iSCSI-mål" +msgstr "" #. discovery authentication dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 @@ -247,11 +243,10 @@ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" -# #. expert target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger for iSCSI-mål" +msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 @@ -260,25 +255,19 @@ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -# #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde initialisering</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" -# #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Gemmer konfiguration for iSCSI-mål</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent.venligst..<br></p>\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 @@ -288,10 +277,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b>.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"</p>\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" @@ -299,17 +284,13 @@ "targets into selected file.</p>" msgstr "" -# #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfiguration af iSCSI-mål</big></b><br>\n" -"Konfigurér et iSCSI-mål her.<br></p>\n" -# #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -318,12 +299,7 @@ "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tilføje et iSCSI-Mål</big></b><br>\n" -"Vælg et iSCSI-mål fra listen over fundne iSCSI-mål.\n" -"Hvis dit mål ikke blev fundet, anvend <b>Andet (ikke fundet.)</b>.\n" -"Tryk derefter <b>Konfigurér</b>.</p>\n" -# #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" @@ -331,11 +307,7 @@ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigere eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" -"Hvis du trykker <b>Redigér</b>, åbner et nyt dialogvindue, hvori\n" -"du kan ændre konfigurationen.</p>\n" -# #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" @@ -343,22 +315,14 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Oversigt over konfiguration af iSCSI-mål</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Hent en oversigt over installerede iSCSI-mål. Ydermere\n" -"kan du redigere deres konfigurationer.\n" -"<BR></P>\n" -# #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Tilføj et iSCSI-mål:</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Tryk <B>Tilføj</B> for at konfigurere et iSCSI-mål.</P>" -# #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" @@ -366,9 +330,6 @@ "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigere eller slette</big></b><br>\n" -"Vælg et iSCSI-mål for at ændre eller slette.\n" -"Tryk derefter <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b> som ønsket.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 @@ -377,9 +338,6 @@ "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" "<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfiguration - første del</big></b><br>\n" -"Tryk på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte.\n" -"<br></p>" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 @@ -390,9 +348,6 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vælge noget</big></b><br>\n" -"Det er ikke muligt. Du skal kode det først :-)\n" -"</p>" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 @@ -401,9 +356,6 @@ "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfiguration - anden del</big></b><br>\n" -"Tryk på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte.\n" -"<br></p>\n" #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 @@ -469,7 +421,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." -msgstr "Du kan <b>tilføje</b>, <b>redigere</b> eller <b>slette</b> alle øvrige konfigurationsindstillinger." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" @@ -511,15 +463,15 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 msgid "Path:" -msgstr "Sti:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "Gennemse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Select file or device" -msgstr "Vælg fil eller enhed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 msgid "Client Lun" @@ -570,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** @@ -583,7 +535,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" -msgstr "vil du virkelig slette det valgte element?" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" @@ -605,11 +557,10 @@ msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" -# #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." -msgstr "Målet kan ikke være tomt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." @@ -617,7 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." -msgstr "Målet findes allerede." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" @@ -629,13 +580,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" -msgstr "Ingen" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Deaktiveret" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 msgid "" @@ -674,7 +625,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 #: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 @@ -703,38 +654,38 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Søge efter enhederne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Søger efter enheder..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 @@ -753,22 +704,20 @@ msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 @@ -779,4 +728,4 @@ #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "Genopfrisk" +msgstr "" #. Header #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 @@ -105,16 +105,15 @@ #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" -msgstr "Filer" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" -msgstr "Prioritet" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" @@ -125,11 +124,11 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" -msgstr "Tid" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" -msgstr "Kilde" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" -msgstr "SSH" +msgstr "" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -42,8 +42,6 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Serveren kan være nede eller utilgængelig.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -51,8 +49,6 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Værdien af DN mangler eller er ugyldig.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -60,8 +56,6 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Attributtypen er ikke fundet.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -69,26 +63,23 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Objektklasse ikke fundet.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "Forbindelse til LDAP-serveren kan ikke etableres." +msgstr "" -# #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under tilslutning til LDAP serveren." +msgstr "" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Problemer med at læse data fra LDAP-serveren." +msgstr "" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -108,26 +99,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Problemer med at læse planer fra LDAP-serveren." +msgstr "" #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "Der opstod en ukendt fejl i LDAP" +msgstr "" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "Vi&s detaljer" +msgstr "" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "Ukendt fejl. Måske er'yast2-ldap' ikke tilgængelig." +msgstr "" #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -142,10 +133,6 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"En mulig årsag til den mislykkede tilslutning kan være at din klient\n" -"er konfigureret til TLS/SSL;men at serveren ikke understøtter dette.\n" -"\n" -"Vil du forsøge at tilslutte igen uden TSL/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -158,7 +145,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode for &LDAP-server:" +msgstr "" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -168,7 +155,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "&Anonym adgang" +msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -177,9 +164,6 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" -"En direkte forælder for DN '%1' \n" -"eksisterer ikke i LDAP mappen.\n" -"Objektet med den valgte DN kan ikke oprettes.\n" #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:1431 @@ -187,8 +171,6 @@ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Et objekt med DN valgt eksisterer, men det er ikke et skabelonobjekt\n" -"Vælg et andet.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1717 @@ -196,19 +178,17 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" -"Intet punkt med DN '%1'\n" -"eksisterer på LDAP-serveren. Opret det nu?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "Å&bn" +msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Sæt den nye værdi for den nuværende attribut.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -220,12 +200,6 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis attributten kan have flere værdier så tilføj nye indgange\n" -"med <b>Tilføj værdi</b>. Sommetider indeholder knappen en liste over\n" -"mulige værdier til brug for den nuværende attribut.\n" -"Hvis værdien af den redigerede attribut skulle være et distingveret navn (DN),\n" -"det er muligt at vælge det fra LDAP-træet ved at bruge <b>Gennemse</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -236,32 +210,32 @@ #. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -msgstr "<p>Beskrivelse af attribut \"%1\":<br></p>" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "&Værdi af \"%1\" attribut" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "&Værdi af \"%1\" attributter" +msgstr "" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "Tilf&øj værdi" +msgstr "" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "&Tomt punkt" +msgstr "" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "Genne&mse" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -269,28 +243,26 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" -"Værdien '%1' findes allerede.\n" -"Vælg venligst en anden." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "Konfiguration af brugerhåndterings-værktøj" +msgstr "" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "Konfiguration af gruppehåndterings-værktøj" +msgstr "" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "Objektklasse for nyt modul" +msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "&Navn på nyt modul (\"cn\" value)" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -298,13 +270,11 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Den indtastede værdi eksisterer allerede.\n" -"vælg en andet?\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "Indtast modulnavnet." +msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 @@ -313,9 +283,6 @@ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Her sættes værdien af attributter tilhørende\n" -"til et objekt der bruger nuværende skabelon. Sådanne værdier bruges som standard\n" -"når det nye objekt er oprettet.</p>\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the @@ -330,81 +297,74 @@ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan bruge special syntaks til at oprette attribut-\n" -"værdier fra eksisterende attributter. Udtrykket <i>%attr_name</i> vil blive erstattet\n" -"med værdien af attributten \"attr_name\" (brug f.eks. \"/hjem/%uid\"\n" -"som en værdi for \"hjemmemappen\").</p>\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "Attribut&navn" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "Attribut&værdi" +msgstr "" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Gennemse LDAP-træet i dialogens venstre side.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Når LDAP-objektet er valgt i træet, viser tabellen objektdata. Brug <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre værdi på den valgte attribut. Brug <b>Gem</b> for at gemme dine ændringer til LDAP.</p> 
" +msgstr "" -# #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" -"Der er ugemte ændringer i det nuværende punkt.\n" -"Vil du kassere disse ændringer?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "LDAP-browser" +msgstr "" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "Nuværende LDAP-klientindstillinger" +msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "LDAP-forbindelser" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "LDAP Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "Administrator DN" +msgstr "" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "L&DAP TLS" +msgstr "" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "A&nonym adgang" +msgstr "" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "Angiv navnet på den ny LDAP-forbindelse" +msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -412,20 +372,18 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" -"\"%1\" Attributten er obligatorisk\n" -"Indtast en værdi." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "&Genindlæs" +msgstr "" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "Egenskab" +msgstr "" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -136,31 +136,41 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Firewall og SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n" -"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n" +"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra " +"netværket.\n" +"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en " +"dedikeret\n" "SSH-klient</p>" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n" +"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret " +"efter\n" "installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret.</p>" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n" -"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" +"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til " +"SSH-tjenesten\n" +"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten " +"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" "den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren).</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -382,8 +392,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke udføres." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke " +"udføres." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -393,14 +406,17 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "Download af seneste udgivelsesnoter fejlede pga. fejl på serversiden.\n" "Dette skyldes ikke nødvendigvis fejlkonfigureret netværk.\n" "\n" -"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at springe\n" -"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at gå\n" +"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at " +"springe\n" +"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at " +"gå\n" "tilbage til din netværkskonfiguration.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -590,7 +606,8 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "" +"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -778,8 +795,12 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse for destination skal angives." #: src/clients/routing.rb:348 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, tilvalg)" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, " +"tilvalg)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1256,7 +1277,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" -msgstr "<p>Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1456,15 +1478,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable " +"Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> Alle grænseflader konfigureret til <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b> og med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" -" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader bruger <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b>\n" -" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" +"<p> Alle grænseflader konfigureret til <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b> og med " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" +" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader " +"bruger <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b>\n" +" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. " +"Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" " sætte prioritet for hver grænseflade. </p>\n" # @@ -1475,6 +1503,9 @@ #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#| msgid "" +#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1668,8 +1699,12 @@ msgstr "Anvend tilvalget \"id\" til at bestemme enheden." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at " +"tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1791,8 +1826,12 @@ msgstr "Installerer firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af " +"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1816,7 +1855,8 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" +msgstr "" +"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 @@ -1878,7 +1918,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udev-regler</b> er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n" @@ -1887,39 +1928,56 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start " +"blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n" -"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" +"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu " +"konfigurerede netkort.\n" +"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil " +"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n" -"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" -"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din " +"netværksenhed\n" +"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der " +"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" +"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt " +"virker standardværdien.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for " +"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yderligere kan du angive <b>tilvalg</b> til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n" -"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n" -"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.</p>\n" +"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for " +"eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n" +"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under " +"gemmeprocessen.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool " +"med disse tilvalg.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -1976,6 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "&Modulnavn" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#| msgid "Udev rules" msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" @@ -1989,6 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "Ændr" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Vis synlig portidentifikation" @@ -2002,6 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "Blink" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#| msgid "Ethtool options" msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-tilvalg" @@ -2111,20 +2172,36 @@ # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" -msgstr "<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum).</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " +"spaces).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af " +"mellemrum).</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled " +"for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal " +"aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er " +"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 -msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret " +"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" # #. TextEntry label @@ -2226,7 +2303,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> nu.</p>\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> " +"nu.</p>\n" # #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 @@ -2262,6 +2340,10 @@ "til at skifte mellem kablede og trådløse netværk.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" @@ -2319,7 +2401,8 @@ "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2344,7 +2427,8 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n" -"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n" +"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige " +"destinationer.\n" "Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n" "denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n" "enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".</p>\n" @@ -2353,11 +2437,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n" +"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, " +"gateway-adresse,\n" "og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n" -"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n" +"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. " +"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2365,7 +2452,8 @@ "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2375,27 +2463,41 @@ "<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" "<b>Advarsel:</b> IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" +#| "will be affected by this setting. \n" +#| "<b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" +#| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " +"not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade videresendelse. \n" -"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n" +"<p><b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at " +"tillade videresendelse. \n" +"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i " +"firewallen. Brug\n" "YaST's firewallmodul til dette.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " +"\n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n" @@ -2407,14 +2509,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " +"\n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n" -"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n" -"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n" +"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit " +"værtsmaskinenavn med \n" +"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en " +"\n" +"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle " +"tidspunkter, selv \n" "uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n" "hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.</p>\n" @@ -2454,29 +2561,39 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS " +"domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og DNS-domænet\n" -"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n" -"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n" +"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og " +"DNS-domænet\n" +"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, " +"hvis denne \n" +"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med " +"kommandoen\n" "
<i>hostname</i>.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n" -"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n" +"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af " +"filen \n" +"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>" +"netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n" "som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n" -"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug standardpolitik</p>\n" +"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug " +"standardpolitik</p>\n" "er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2490,12 +2607,18 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n" "policy.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive tilladt at \n" -"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n" -"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n" -"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n" -"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n" -"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n" +"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive " +"tilladt at \n" +"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at " +"vælge indstillingen \n" +"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med " +"brugerdefineret politik,\n" +"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv " +"wildcards, med\n" +"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere " +"information,\n" +"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det " +"samme\n" "som at bruge politikken <b>Kun manuelt</b>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2503,16 +2626,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adresseopsætning</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" +"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen " +"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" "Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your " +"BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<" +"/p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2531,7 +2660,8 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP</b>,\n" +"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP<" +"/b>,\n" "hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n" "modtages så automatisk fra serveren.<p>\n" @@ -2539,18 +2669,23 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>Zeroconf</b>.\n" -"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n" +"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>" +"Zeroconf</b>.\n" +"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + " +"Zeroconf</b>.\n" "Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2561,13 +2696,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" +"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" -"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" -"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for " +"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" +"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <" +"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" +"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til " +"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2605,8 +2746,12 @@ "vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer " +"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2619,7 +2764,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maksimal overførselsenhed (<b>MTU</b>) er den maksimale størrelse på\n" -"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n" +"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte " +"en\n" "MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n" "langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n" "eller angiv en anden.</p>\n" @@ -2627,10 +2773,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " +"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n" -"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>" +"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen " +"adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>" # #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2649,7 +2797,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Hvis feltet <b>DHCP-klientidenfikation</b> er tomt, er standardværdien\n" "hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n" -"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n" +"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik " +"friforms-identifikation\n" "her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n" "netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse.</p>" @@ -2657,21 +2806,29 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " +"Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>" +"\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n" -"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n" -"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n" +"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til " +"indstillingsfeltet\n" +"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle " +"DHCP-servere\n" +"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i " +"overensstemmelse\n" "med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).</p>\n" "Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet <b>Værtsnavn at sende</b>\n" -"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot <b>AUTO</b>\n" -"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot " +"<b>AUTO</b>\n" +"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2700,20 +2857,27 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aliasnavn</b> er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n" " længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n" -" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>" +" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig " +"forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo<" +"/b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> " +"istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2736,12 +2900,16 @@ "<p>Vælg mellem tre typer <b>nøgle-input</b> for din nøgle.\n" "<br><b>Adgangsfrase</b>: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n" "<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n" -"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n" +"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil " +"16 tegn\n" "for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n" "<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n" -"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n" -"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n" -"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" +"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 " +"cifre for\n" +"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>" +"-</tt>,\n" +"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>" +".\n" "</p> \n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2772,7 +2940,8 @@ "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication " +"mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" @@ -2781,8 +2950,10 @@ "celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n" "trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n" "Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden <b>Managed</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>\n" -"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n" -"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n" +"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det " +"til\n" +"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det " +"adgangspunkt,\n" "der har den bedste signalstyrke.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 @@ -2798,16 +2969,20 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I nogle netværk skal du angive en <b>autentifikationstilstand</b>.\n" -"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n" -"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n" +"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>" +"\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs " +"netværkstrafik,\n" +"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte " +"krypteringsnøgle.\n" "I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden <b>Åben</b> (ingen\n" "autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n" "WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald <b>Ingen kryptering</b>). \n" @@ -2815,9 +2990,11 @@ "(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n" "potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n" "for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden <b>Åben</b>.\n" -"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n" -"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som autentifikationstilstand.\n" +"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som " +"autentifikationstilstand.\n" "Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden <b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 @@ -2863,12 +3040,15 @@ msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n" -"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n" -"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n" +"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere " +"indstillinger,\n" +"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme " +"mappe\n" "for alle tilgængelige tilvalg.</p>" #. TextEntry label @@ -2961,12 +3141,14 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For TTLS og PEAP angiv din <b>Identitet</b>\n" "og <b>Adgangskode</b>, som konfigureret på serveren.\n" "Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n" -"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.</p>\n" +"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke " +"nødvendigt.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -2988,12 +3170,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for en\n" +"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for " +"en\n" "kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n" "og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n" "derfor også en <b>klientnøgle</b>-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n" @@ -3053,7 +3237,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n" +"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som " +"fase 2).\n" "Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n" "tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n" "autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.</p>\n" @@ -3169,7 +3354,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." +msgstr "" +"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3238,11 +3424,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n" -"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n" +"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller " +"'Ad-hoc',\n" +"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke " +"nødvendigt\n" "for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n" "ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne</p>\n" @@ -3357,7 +3546,8 @@ "value to 64.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nøglelængde</b> definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n" -"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n" +"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 " +"bit.\n" "Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n" "blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n" "netværksforbindelse ikke etableres.</p>" @@ -3406,7 +3596,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n" +"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre " +"forbindelser\n" "til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3495,7 +3686,8 @@ "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big></b></p>\n" @@ -3758,8 +3950,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " +"at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du " +"bruge det på egen risiko?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 @@ -4064,12 +4260,16 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n" +"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne " +"starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " +"virker stadig.\n" "Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4082,12 +4282,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enhedsaktivering</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" +"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> " +"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" "<b>Aldrig</b> starter ikke enheden.\n" "%1</p>\n" @@ -4128,21 +4330,25 @@ #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-tjenesten" #. ifup is a program name #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#| msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditionel ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#| msgid "Bridged Devices" msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-tjenesten" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netværkstjenester deaktiveret" @@ -4215,6 +4421,7 @@ #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#| msgid "Not configured" msgid "configured" msgstr "konfigureret" @@ -4226,15 +4433,21 @@ msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende " +"indstillingerne." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 +#| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 +#| msgid "Base udev rule on" msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basér Udev-regel på" @@ -4584,7 +4797,9 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgid "" +"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " +"will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4714,8 +4929,14 @@ msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " +"See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) " +"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for " +"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -72,8 +72,13 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " +"module.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan " +"ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -164,8 +169,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de " +"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -245,6 +254,9 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -258,7 +270,8 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n" +"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for " +"at \n" "fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt." #. popup message @@ -279,14 +292,16 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n" +"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af " +"YaST.\n" "
De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n" "
\n" "
Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n" @@ -442,7 +457,8 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n" +"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive " +"installeret.\n" "Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -519,7 +535,8 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." +msgstr "" +"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander@opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.</p>\n" +"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " +"konfiguration.</p>\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -203,8 +204,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" @@ -394,13 +395,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -415,9 +424,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" -msgstr "<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " +"softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -482,10 +493,12 @@ "Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" "%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" "\n" -"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " +"pakkedata\n" "kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" "\n" -"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " +"installerede\n" "system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -511,8 +524,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " +"AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -536,8 +553,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer..." @@ -567,102 +584,89 @@ msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af softwarehåndtering..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Behold downloadede pakker" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " +"\"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "URL: %1" -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn på softwarekilde" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Kategori: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Tjeneste: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Alle softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Tjenesten \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "View" msgstr "Vis" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" @@ -671,88 +675,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autogenopfrisk" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjeneste" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "E&rstat..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Genop&frisk de valgte" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Status &til eller fra" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Genopfri&sk til eller fra" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Angiv &navn..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Aktiv&eret" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Genopf&risk automatisk" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-nøgler..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Genopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle med automatisk g&enopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle aktiv&erede" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -760,26 +764,38 @@ "<p>\n" "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" -msgstr "<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren.</p>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +msgid "" +"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er " +"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " +"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " +"tjenesteadministratoren.</p>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv " +"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " +"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -792,7 +808,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -813,51 +829,72 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "
<b>Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n" -"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at " +"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " +"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " +"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" "
</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>En softwarekildes prioritet</B><BR>\n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " +"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " +"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +msgid "" +"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " +"og tjenester.</p>" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at " +"beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +msgid "" +"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>" +"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, " +"placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -867,7 +904,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" @@ -875,19 +912,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Forsøg igen?" # #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Afbryd konfiguration af softwarekilde" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -896,7 +933,7 @@ "Alle ændringer vil gå tabt." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -905,40 +942,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisk softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Genopfrisk tjenester" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilden %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenesten %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Slet den valgte softwarekilde fra listen?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -947,7 +984,7 @@ "
og dens softwarekilder?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -956,7 +993,7 @@ "sættes til genopfrisk." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -969,9 +1006,10 @@ "Vil du virkelig tilføje softwarekilden igen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -984,7 +1022,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -999,8 +1038,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " +"brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1010,7 +1053,8 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1141,7 +1185,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgid "" +"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." msgstr "<B>Fejl</B> -- MD5-sum matcher ikke<BR>Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1169,7 +1214,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1179,7 +1225,8 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>" +"\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1187,16 +1234,19 @@ "<P>Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk <B>Start test</B>\n" "eller brug <b>Tjek ISO-fil</b> og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen.</P> " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " +"checksummen.</P> " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.</P>\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " +"medie.</P>\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1209,22 +1259,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" -msgstr "<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>" +msgid "" +"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation.</p>" +msgid "" +"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " +"installation.</p>" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.</P>\n" +"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i " +"dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" +"/P>\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1407,7 +1468,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle</b><br>\n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til " +"nøglefilen.\n" "</p>" #. help, continued @@ -1421,7 +1483,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle</b>\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en " +"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "<b>Slet</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1440,42 +1503,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Markér typen af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Tilføj softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Læs softwarekildens licens" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Tjekker type af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Tilføjer softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Læser softwarekildens licens" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Softwarekilde" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1487,12 +1550,13 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " +"tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1502,7 +1566,7 @@ "fra URL '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1511,12 +1575,12 @@ "Skift protokol eller pak ISO-imagefilen ud på serversiden." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vil du skifte URL og prøve igen?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1531,19 +1595,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1553,60 +1617,62 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Yderligere produkter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " +"listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" @@ -1742,28 +1808,50 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " +"32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet.</p>" +msgid "" +"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " +"efter installation af systemet.</p>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>" +msgid "" +"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " +"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " +"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " +"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " +"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>\n" +"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " +"blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " +"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>" +"\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1802,18 +1890,28 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " +"installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " +"ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1848,7 +1946,8 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" -msgstr "Produktet <b>%{old_product}</b> vil blive opdateret til <b>%{new_product}</b>" +msgstr "" +"Produktet <b>%{old_product}</b> vil blive opdateret til <b>%{new_product}</b>" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" @@ -1870,15 +1969,20 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li><b>Nogle produkter er markeret til automatisk fjernelse.</b></li>\n" -"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få leveret et nyt\n" -"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller -modul\n" -"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med produktopgraderingen gå til\n" +"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få " +"leveret et nyt\n" +"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller " +"-modul\n" +"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med " +"produktopgraderingen gå til\n" "softwarevalget og markér produktet (\"-release\"-pakken) til fjernelse.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1895,7 +1999,8 @@ "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " +"kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1964,8 +2069,12 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " +"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2037,6 +2146,7 @@ #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale for %s" @@ -2150,11 +2260,13 @@ #. radio button #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#| msgid "&NFS..." msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." @@ -2322,10 +2434,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Softwarekildens navn</b></big><br>\n" -"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.</p>\n" +"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " +"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " +"som navn.</p>\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2336,10 +2452,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Tjenestenavn</b></big><br>\n" -"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n" +"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " +"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n" # #. popup message @@ -2388,12 +2506,14 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man " +"5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Monteringstilvalg</b></big><br>\n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " +"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button @@ -2630,7 +2750,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2641,7 +2762,8 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af <b>Anonym</b> og angiv\n" "<b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>" +"Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2652,7 +2774,8 @@ "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en " +"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.</p>\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2735,13 +2858,16 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Download filer</b><br>\n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " +"softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade " +"filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. </p>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -80,17 +80,26 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke installeret)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke " +"installeret)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke installeret)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke " +"installeret)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til udskrivning)." +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til " +"udskrivning)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -132,7 +141,8 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -193,15 +203,21 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "" +"Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" -msgstr "Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere" +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" +msgstr "" +"Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af " +"USB-printere" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -218,8 +234,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af printere for det lokale system." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af " +"printere for det lokale system." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -512,8 +532,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet på køen." +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " +"for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet " +"på køen." # #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -527,7 +551,8 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" +msgstr "" +"'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown @@ -536,8 +561,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, " +"så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -585,8 +614,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface script' benyttes)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " +"is used)" +msgstr "" +"Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface " +"script' benyttes)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -595,7 +628,8 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" +msgstr "" +"Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -638,8 +672,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og " +"brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." # #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -665,8 +703,10 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -678,7 +718,8 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." +msgstr "" +"Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -784,8 +825,11 @@ msgstr "S&top-bits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være installeret." +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være " +"installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -866,8 +910,10 @@ msgstr "URI (se printerens manual) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "" +"For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -968,7 +1014,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." +msgstr "" +"For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -987,6 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Program (/sti/til/kommando?option=value) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#| msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "For at bruge \"beh\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." @@ -1190,8 +1238,10 @@ msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"space\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1338,14 +1388,17 @@ msgstr "" "Dette er kun en generisk test som måske fejlagtigt melder fejl,\n" "hvis autentificering via Active Directory (R) er påkrævet.\n" -"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active Directory (R)\n" +"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active " +"Directory (R)\n" "logge ind og selv teste om han kan udskrive fra KDE eller GNOME." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%2\"." +msgstr "" +"Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%" +"2\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1361,13 +1414,19 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing være installeret." +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing " +"være installeret." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle SMB-printkøer." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle " +"SMB-printkøer." # #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1548,8 +1607,10 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "" +"Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 @@ -1559,8 +1620,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1609,12 +1672,14 @@ "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1738,7 +1803,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST oversigt over udskriftskøer</big></b><br>\n" -"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk.<br>\n" +"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk.<br>" +"\n" "Der er ikke AutoYaST-understøttelse af lokale udskriftskøer.\n" "</p>" @@ -1749,14 +1815,19 @@ "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>" +"\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -1764,7 +1835,8 @@ "En printer bruges ikke direkte, men via en udskriftskø.<br>\n" "Når flere programmer tildeler udskriftsjobs samtidigt, sættes\n" "disse i kø og sendes en ad gangen til printeren.<br>\n" -"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme printer.\n" +"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme " +"printer.\n" "Flere udskriftskøer er normalt nødvendige når der skal benyttes flere\n" "printer-drivere til den samme printerenhed.\n" "Det kan f.eks. være en udelukkende monokrom-driver for at gennemtvinge\n" @@ -1794,7 +1866,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1802,13 +1875,16 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>Tilslutningen</b> bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<br>\n" +"<b>Tilslutningen</b> bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" +"br>\n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning vælges, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "og der kan således ikke udskrives.<br>\n" "Hvis en printerenhed kan tilgås via mere end én tilslutningstype,\n" @@ -1828,7 +1904,8 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" +"br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1853,7 +1930,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1876,13 +1954,15 @@ "<b>Driveren</b> bestemmer at de korrekte data produceres til den\n" "specifikke printermodel.<br>\n" "Hvis en forkert driver er tildelt, sendes forkert data til printeren\n" -"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift overhovedet.<br>\n" +"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift " +"overhovedet.<br>\n" "Indledningsvis er input-feltet for driveren forudfyldt\n" "med det autodetekterede modelnavn for den aktuelt valgte tilslutning\n" "og de drivere hvor driverbeskrivelsen passer til modelnavnet\n" "vises som standard.<br>\n" "Hvis driverbeskrivelsen matcher det autodetekterede modelnavn\n" -"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme model,\n" +"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme " +"model,\n" "sorteres driverbeskrivelserne således at den mest fornuftige driver\n" "bør være øverst på listen og denne forvælges automatisk.\n" "Hvis ingen driver automatisk forvælges, skal du manuelt\n" @@ -1912,7 +1992,8 @@ "Især skal driverens indstilling af standardpapirstørrelse\n" "matche det papir som faktisk er fyldt i din printer.\n" "Den kan enten eksplicit vælge A4 eller Letter som standardpapirstørrelse\n" -"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede standardpapirstørrelse\n" +"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede " +"standardpapirstørrelse\n" "hvilket også er nødplanen hvis driveren hverken understøtter A4 eller Letter\n" "(for eksempel en driver til en foto-printer til lille format).\n" "Hvis du gerne vil justere andre driverindstillinger end A4 eller Letter,\n" @@ -2026,8 +2107,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2066,7 +2149,8 @@ "og \"hp:/...\"-tilslutning.\n" "Sidstnævnte leveres af HP-driverpakken \"hplip\".\n" "Til almindelig udskrift bør begge tilslutninger virke, men til alt andet\n" -"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP all-in-one-enhed)\n" +"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP " +"all-in-one-enhed)\n" "skal \"hp:/...\"-tilslutningen bruges.<br>\n" "Når du udskifter den aktuelt anvendt tilslutning med en anden,\n" "forudfyldes input-feltet til driver-søgestreng \n" @@ -2103,9 +2187,12 @@ "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" +"br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" +"br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2122,7 +2209,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " +"changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2139,7 +2227,8 @@ "Du kan enten vælge en anden driver og senere ændre opsætningen af\n" "driver-indstillingerne, eller beholde den nuværende driver og ændre\n" "dens opsætning af driver-indstillingerne nu.<br>\n" -"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte printer.\n" +"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte " +"printer.\n" "Opsætning af driverens standard-papirstørrelse skal f.eks. matche det papir,\n" "der faktisk er lagt i printeren.<br>\n" "Til andre indstillinger af driver-indstillingerne kan du vælge, hvad du har\n" @@ -2154,7 +2243,8 @@ "(dvs. du skal afslutte denne dialog som første trin).\n" "I andet trin kan du justere alle driver-indstillinger\n" "ved at bruge denne dialog igen.<br>\n" -"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med beskrivelsen\n" +"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med " +"beskrivelsen\n" "af den aktuelt anvendte driver når tilslutningen ikke er blevet ændret.\n" "Dette medfører normalt at kun én driver matcher,\n" "så du vil skulle angive en mindre specifik driver-søgestreng\n" @@ -2169,8 +2259,10 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>" +"location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2236,12 +2328,16 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har uventede\n" +"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har " +"uventede\n" "konsekvenser.<br>\n" -"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en laser-printer,\n" -"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle sider\n" +"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en " +"laser-printer,\n" +"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle " +"sider\n" "med høj opløsning.<br>\n" -"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en inkjet-printer\n" +"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en " +"inkjet-printer\n" "</p>\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2361,30 +2457,65 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Angiv tilslutningen</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>Tilslutningen</b> bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<br>\n" +"<b>Tilslutningen</b> bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" +"br>\n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning anvendes, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "således bliver der heller ikke nogen udskrift.\n" "</p>\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +#| "Some examples:<br>\n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " +"data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>" +"\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" +"<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2409,11 +2540,13 @@ "Derfor er indkodes mellemrum som indgår i en URI-komponent\n" "som \"%20\" (20 er hexadecimal-værdien for mellemrum).<br>\n" "Komponenterne i en URI adskilles af særligt reserverede tegn, såsom\n" -"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", eller lig med-tegn \"=\".<br>\n" +"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", " +"eller lig med-tegn \"=\".<br>\n" "Endelig kan der være valgfrie parametre (adskilt med et spørgsmålstegn '?')\n" "i form af tilvalg1=værdi1&tilvalg2=værdi2&tilvalg3=\n" "værdi3 således at en fuld enheds-URI f.eks. kan være:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br" +">\n" "Nogle eksempler:<br>\n" "En USB-printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' produceret af 'ACME'\n" "med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan have denne enheds-URI:<br>\n" @@ -2518,7 +2651,8 @@ "Selv bindestreng, punktum, tilde og versalfølsomhed\n" "kan give særlige problemstillinger i særlige tilfælde\n" "(f.eks. vides kun bogstaver, tal og underscore at virke\n" -"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning der).\n" +"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning " +"der).\n" "Derfor er det bedst kun at bruge små bogstaver, tal\n" "og underscore for alle værdier i alle URI'er hvis det er muligt.<br>\n" "Reserverede tegn og mellemrum i værdien for en komponent\n" @@ -2530,9 +2664,11 @@ "(dvs. ikke-procent-indkodet).\n" "For sådanne input-felter vil alle mellemrum og reserverede tegn\n" "automatisk blive procent-indkodede.\n" -"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" (ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" +"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" " +"(ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" "skal den angives bogstaveligt i dialogens input-felt til adgangskode.\n" -"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er hvordan\n" +"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er " +"hvordan\n" "værdien for adgangskodekomponenten faktisk gemmes i URI'en.<br>\n" "Når et input-felt i dialogen derimod er tiltænkt til at angive\n" "mere end en enkelt værdi for en enkelt komponent i URI'en\n" @@ -2597,7 +2733,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b>" +"<br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2634,7 +2771,8 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en printserverboks</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en " +"printserverboks</big></b><br>\n" "En printserverboks er en lille enhed med en netværkstilslutning samt\n" "en USB- eller parallelport for tilslutning til den egentlige printer.\n" "En netværksprinter har sådan en enhed indbygget.\n" @@ -2672,6 +2810,90 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" +#| "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work.<br>\n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" +#| "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" +#| "<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" +#| "<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2681,7 +2903,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2724,7 +2947,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>" +"\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2745,14 +2969,16 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big></b><br>" +"\n" "I modsætning til en printserverboks er en printservermaskine\n" "en reel computer, der tilbyder en udskrifttjeneste.<br>\n" "Adgang foregår via flere forskellige netværksprotokoller.\n" "Spørg din netværksadministrator, hvad hvilken printservermaskine\n" "tilbyder på dit netværk:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være installeret.\n" +"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være " +"installeret.\n" "Pakken leverer CUPS-backenden \"smb\" som er et link til\n" "programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> som faktisk sender data\n" "til en SMB-printerdeling.<br>\n" @@ -2761,7 +2987,8 @@ "Ydermere kan der kræves et brugernavn og en adgangskode for tilgang.\n" "Husk på at mellemrum og specialtegn i disse værdier\n" "skal være prorcent-indkodede (se ovenfor).<br>\n" -"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren \"lp\".\n" +"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren " +"\"lp\".\n" "Ved udskrivning i et Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n" "har brugeren \"lp\" ikke rettigheder til at udskrive\n" "så den traditionelle måde at udskrive via smbspool som brugeren \"lp\"\n" @@ -2791,11 +3018,13 @@ "hvor brugere som sender udskriftsjobs ikke er logget ind.<br>\n" "Til den traditionelle metode er en matchende fuld enheds-URI:<br>\n" "smb://brugernavn:adgangskode@arbejdsgruppe/server/printer<br>\n" -"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i retning af\n" +"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i " +"retning af\n" "følgende enheds-URI til at tilgå en \"Fun Printer 1000+\"-ressource:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>mere information</b> kig på <tt>man smbspool</tt> og<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>" +"\n" "\"Windows\" og \"Active Directory\" er registrerede varemærker\n" "ejet af Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre lande.<br>\n" "<b>Traditionel UNIX-server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2817,6 +3046,44 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" +#| "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n" +#| "<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" +#| "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend.<br>\n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" +#| "Example:<br>\n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" +#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2849,10 +3116,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" +"/tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2890,7 +3159,8 @@ "Backenden beh prøver at tilgå netværksprinteren printer 3 gange\n" "med 5 sek. forsinkelse mellem forsøgene. Hvis tilgang stadig fejler,\n" "deaktiveres køen ikke, og udskriftsjobbene mistes.<br>\n" -"For <b>mere information</b> kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og<br>\n" +"For <b>mere information</b> kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og<" +"br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" @@ -2934,7 +3204,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Udskrift via netværk</big></b><br>\n" -"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk.<br>\n" +"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk.<" +"br>\n" "Som standard bruger CUPS dens såkaldte \"browsing\"-tilstand\n" "til at gøre printere tilgængelige via netværk.<br>\n" "I så fald skal eksterne CUPS-servere publicere deres printere via netværk\n" @@ -2949,7 +3220,8 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard.<br>\n" "Det giver ikke mening at foretage udskrift på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade som hører til en ikke-betroet \"ekstern zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " +"sikre).\n" "Deaktivér derfor især ikke firewall-beskyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\".\n" @@ -2958,7 +3230,8 @@ "fra eksterne netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til den interne zone i firewalen.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " +"opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbar på dit netværk\n" "og brug af eksterne printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning.<br>\n" @@ -2986,7 +3259,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Hvis du kan tilgå eksterne CUPS-servere til udskrift\n" "men disse ikke annoncerer deres printerinformation via netværket\n" -"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede printere\n" +"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede " +"printere\n" "(f.eks. fordi skal have firewall-beskyttelse af netværkszonen\n" "hvori printere annonceres), kan du anmode om printerinformation\n" "fra CUPS-servere (forudsat at CUPS-serverne tillader dig adgang).<br>\n" @@ -3001,7 +3275,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3012,8 +3287,10 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt CUPS-server,\n" -"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende på din værtsmaskine.\n" +"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt " +"CUPS-server,\n" +"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende " +"på din værtsmaskine.\n" "I stedet er det nemmere at angive CUPS-serveren og tilgå den direkte.<br>\n" "En mulig ulempe er at programmer kan blive forsinket\n" "et stykke tid (indtil der sker tidsudløb) når de prøver\n" @@ -3056,7 +3333,8 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3064,7 +3342,8 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>Dele udskriftskøer og publicere dem via netværk</big></b><br>\n" "CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) skulle normalt være sat op til at bruge\n" -"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk.<br>\n" +"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk.<" +"br>\n" "I så fald publicerer CUPS-servere deres printere via netværk, og\n" "følgelig skal CUPS-dæmonprocessen (cupsd) køre på din maskine.\n" "Denne lytter efter information om publicerede printere.<br>\n" @@ -3081,19 +3360,23 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå CUPS-serveren.\n" -"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej.<br>\n" +"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå " +"CUPS-serveren.\n" +"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej.<br>" +"\n" "På et lokalnetværk er den normale måde at sætte CUPS-browsing op på\n" "at tillade ekstern adgang for alle værtsmaskiner på det lokale netværk\n" "og at annoncere printere til alle disse værtsmaskiner.<br>\n" "Det kræves ikke, at printere skal publiceres under nogen omstændigheder.<br>\n" -"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt CUPS-server.\n" +"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt " +"CUPS-server.\n" "I stedet er det enklere at angive CUPS-serveren på klientsystemerne\n" "(via \"Udskrift via netværk\"), så klienterne kan tilgå serveren direkte.\n" "</p>" @@ -3182,7 +3465,8 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard.<br>\n" "Det giver ikke mening at udskrive i på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade der hører til den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " +"sikre).\n" "Deaktivér ikke firewall-besktyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\".<br>\n" @@ -3191,7 +3475,8 @@ "fra et eksternt netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til firewallens interne zone.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " +"opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbarhed på dit netværk og\n" "deling af printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning.<br>\n" @@ -3221,6 +3506,28 @@ #. Policies help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| "<br>\n" +#| "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3240,7 +3547,8 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3262,7 +3570,8 @@ "<br>\n" "Følgende fejlpolitikker findes:<br>\n" "Stop printeren, og gem jobbet til senere udskrivning.<br>\n" -"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 sekunder).<br>\n" +"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 " +"sekunder).<br>\n" "Afbryd og slet jobbet, og gå videre til det næste job.\n" "</p>" @@ -3285,7 +3594,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Markér afkrydsningsfeltet for at køre YaST's automatiske konfiguration\n" "af printere som er tilsluttet den lokale værtsmaskine.<br>\n" "For hver autodetekterede lokalt tilsluttede printer,\n" @@ -3324,9 +3634,11 @@ "<b><big>Automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere</big></b><br>\n" "RPM-pakken \"udev-configure-printer\" giver\n" "automatisk konfiguration når USB-printere tilsluttes.<br>\n" -"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke installeret\n" +"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke " +"installeret\n" "og du kan så markere det, og den vil blive installeret.<br>\n" -"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede installeret\n" +"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede " +"installeret\n" "og du kan så afmarkere det hvorved den vil blive afinstalleret.<br>\n" "Når udev-configure-printer er installeret,\n" "sker automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer via indgangene\n" @@ -3427,7 +3739,8 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3482,14 +3795,18 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." +msgstr "" +"For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og fejl." +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" +"En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og " +"fejl." # #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3518,8 +3835,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "" +"Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3527,8 +3846,11 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." -msgstr "Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." +msgstr "" +"Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." # #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3585,8 +3907,12 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden bliver udskrevet." +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden " +"bliver udskrevet." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3718,8 +4044,10 @@ msgstr "Se filen /var/log/cups/error_log for den fulde log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" +"CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: @@ -3729,13 +4057,18 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren af det eksterne system." +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren " +"af det eksterne system." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -3743,8 +4076,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "" +"Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3799,8 +4134,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det lokale system." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det " +"lokale system." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3938,7 +4277,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af firewall." +msgstr "" +"Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af " +"firewall." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -3972,7 +4313,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev deaktiveret." +msgstr "" +"Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev " +"deaktiveret." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -3990,7 +4333,8 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4037,13 +4381,17 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke annonceringer\"\n" -"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev deaktiveret\n" -"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner sig..." +"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke " +"annonceringer\"\n" +"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev " +"deaktiveret\n" +"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner " +"sig..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4063,7 +4411,8 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" +msgstr "" +"Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4121,14 +4470,21 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af mellemrum)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" +"Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af mellemrum)" +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4161,7 +4517,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. @@ -4173,7 +4530,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4183,8 +4541,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale printerkonfigurationer." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale " +"printerkonfigurationer." # #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4458,7 +4820,8 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." +msgstr "" +"Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4496,6 +4859,7 @@ msgstr "gemt værdi" #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#| msgid "&Test Server" msgid "The server '" msgstr "Serveren \"" @@ -4533,7 +4897,8 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Startede hp-setup.\n" "Du skal afslutte hp-setup før du kan fortsætte med printerkonfigurationen.\n" @@ -4553,13 +4918,20 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde tilgængelig." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde " +"tilgængelig." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på softwarekilden." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på " +"softwarekilden." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -49,8 +49,6 @@ "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" -"Der opstod en fejl under %1 proxy-testen.\n" -"Proxy-fejlkode: %2.\n" #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, @@ -60,34 +58,31 @@ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" -"Der opstod en ukendt fejl under %1 proxy -testen.\n" -"Proxy fejlkode: %2.\n" -# #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." -msgstr "Tester de nuværende proxy-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under HTTP proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under HTTPS proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under under FTP proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. Popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." -msgstr "Proxy-indstillingerne virker korrekt." +msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog caption #. Commandline help title @@ -110,8 +105,6 @@ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>HTTP Proxy-URL</b> er navnet på proxy-serveren for din adgang\n" -"til internettet (WWW).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 @@ -119,13 +112,11 @@ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>HTTPS proxy-URL</b> er navnet på proxy-serveren for din sikre adgang\n" -"til internettet (WWW).</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" -msgstr "<p>Eksempel: <i>http://proxy.eksempel.dk:3128/</i></p>" +msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 @@ -133,8 +124,6 @@ "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>FTP proxy-URL</b> er navnet på proxy-serveren for din adgang\n" -"til filoverføringstjenester (FTP).</p>" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 @@ -151,9 +140,6 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Domæner uden proxy</b> er en komma-separeret liste over\n" -"domæner, hvor der forespørges direkte uden caching,\n" -"f.eks.,<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 @@ -163,15 +149,12 @@ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" -# Main dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Tryk <b>Test proxy-indstillinger</b> for at teste\n" -"den nuværende konfiguration for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-proxy.</p>\n" #. CheckBox entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 @@ -186,47 +169,45 @@ #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" -msgstr "&HTTP proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" -msgstr "HTTP&S proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" -msgstr "F&TP proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" -msgstr "Anv&end samme proxy til alle protokoller" +msgstr "" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" -msgstr "&Domæner uden proxy" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxy-autentificering" -# #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" -msgstr "Proxy-&brugernavn" +msgstr "" #. Password entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "A&dgangskode til proxy" -# #. Test Proxy Settings - push button #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" -msgstr "Test pr&oxy-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 @@ -234,8 +215,6 @@ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -"Proxy er aktiveret, men ingen proxy-URL blev angivet.\n" -"Vil du virkelig anvende disse indstillinger?" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" @@ -245,44 +224,40 @@ "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "Du kan ikke angive en adgangskode, og efterlade brugernavnet tomt." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "HTTP proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "HTTP proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "HTTPS proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "HTTPS proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "FTP proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "FTP proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 @@ -295,12 +270,11 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" -# #. Return a modification status #. @return true if data was modified #: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Status for proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" @@ -336,48 +310,47 @@ #. command-line help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Indstil autentifikation for proxy-serveren" +msgstr "" -# #. command-line help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Vis sammendrag af de nuværende indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "Indstil HTTP-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "Indstil HTTPS-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "Indstil FTP-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Ryd alle viste valgmuligheder" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Indstil domæner til ikke at bruge proxy-indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Brugernavnet der skal bruges til proxy-autentifikation" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Adgangskoden som skal bruges til proxy-autentifikation" +msgstr "" #. ask the user #. translators: command line prompt for entering a password @@ -398,31 +371,27 @@ #. @return true if success #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" -msgstr "Opdatér proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Gemmer proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." -msgstr "Opdaterer proxy-konfiguration..." +msgstr "" -# #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." -msgstr "Proxy er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" -# #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." -msgstr "Proxy er aktiveret." +msgstr "" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ msgstr "Tjek &automatisk" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér &anbefalede pakker" @@ -237,6 +238,7 @@ msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&bugsource-pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér alle matchende &anbefalede pakker" @@ -319,12 +321,20 @@ msgstr "&Annullér" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af " +"systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i " +"denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -354,8 +364,16 @@ msgstr "Fejl: Ikke mere diskplads!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " +"deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du " +"risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis " +"du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>" +"Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -379,8 +397,12 @@ msgstr "Automatiske ændringer" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for at løse afhængigheder:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for " +"at løse afhængigheder:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 @@ -393,8 +415,12 @@ msgstr "Ikke-supporterede pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er " +"supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -407,8 +433,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." +msgid "" +"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -416,92 +445,195 @@ msgstr "I denne dialog vælges rettelser til download og installation." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den (estimerede) downloadstørrelse." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den " +"respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den " +"(estimerede) downloadstørrelse." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." -msgstr "Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér installerede rettelser</b> under listen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " +"system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> " +"check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit " +"system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér " +"installerede rettelser</b> under listen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens beskrivelse her." +msgid "" +"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af " +"den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens " +"beskrivelse her." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede " +"rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller " +"slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det " +"er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:" +msgid "" +"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger " +"under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. " +"Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller " +"højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis der er afhængighedskonflikter." +msgid "" +"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle " +"pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive " +"installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil " +"automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis " +"der er afhængighedskonflikter." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk blive udført." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk " +"blive udført." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>" +"-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." +msgid "" +"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " +"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du " +"kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre side." +msgid "" +"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " +"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " +"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "" +"<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller " +"sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik " +"på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre " +"side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." +msgid "" +" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +"<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle " +"pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender dens navn." +msgid "" +"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige " +"kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender " +"dens navn." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "" +"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der " +"indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." +msgid "" +"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- " +"hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <" +"b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter " +"skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne " +"måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal " +"fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " +"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck " +"everything else." +msgstr "" +"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke " +"pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>" +"Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -551,8 +683,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis versionen er den samme)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " +"are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis " +"versionen er den samme)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -574,12 +710,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen " +"omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre " +"pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på installationsmediet." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på " +"installationsmediet." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -588,12 +734,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " +"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af " +"uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny version, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny " +"version, der kan komme med distributionen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -603,12 +757,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug for den." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug " +"for den." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -618,8 +778,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere " +"version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -629,8 +793,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den slettes." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den " +"slettes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -654,8 +822,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere version." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér " +"den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere " +"version." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -664,13 +837,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " +"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er " +"installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. " +"Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -679,13 +860,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu " +"er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke " +"bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " +"eller får." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -694,12 +885,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne " +"pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " +"eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere " +"versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -759,8 +960,13 @@ msgstr "Opret testcase for afhængighedsløseren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde " +"bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt><" +"/p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -768,8 +974,12 @@ msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>" +"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered " +"et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -778,8 +988,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>" +"Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1574,6 +1788,7 @@ #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Inkompatible pakkeversioner" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ #. "Help" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#| msgid "Help" msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjælp" @@ -139,18 +140,21 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Trin" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Træ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -21,30 +21,27 @@ #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af fjernadgang" +msgstr "" -# #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" -msgstr "Vis konfigurationssammendrag" +msgstr "" -# #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" -msgstr "Tillad fjernadgang" +msgstr "" #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag for fjernadgang:" +msgstr "" #. Command line error message #: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 @@ -52,8 +49,6 @@ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." msgstr "" -"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade fjernadministration,\n" -"eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade det." #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 @@ -65,23 +60,20 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "" -# #. Ramote Administration dialog caption #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 msgid "Remote Administration" -msgstr "Fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. RadioButton label #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Tillad fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. RadioButton label #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "Tillad &ikke fjernadministration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" @@ -92,23 +84,20 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" -# #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 @@ -118,7 +107,7 @@ #. Progress stage 3 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 msgid "Restart the services" -msgstr "Genstart tjenesterne" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Stop the services" @@ -126,13 +115,12 @@ #: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. 100; //for testing #: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." @@ -141,20 +129,18 @@ #. Disable xrdp #: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 msgid "Restarting the service..." -msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" -# #. Label in proposal text #: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." -msgstr "Fjernadministration er aktiveret." +msgstr "" -# #. Label in proposal text #: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." -msgstr "Fjernadministration er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "&Annullér" +msgstr "" #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 msgid "&OK" -msgstr "&OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 msgid "Choose Directory" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490 msgid "Backup" -msgstr "Backup" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 msgid "&Backup Media" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629 msgid "&Location" -msgstr "P&lacering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 msgid "&Keep old backup" @@ -189,10 +189,9 @@ msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531 msgid "Save and run rear now" @@ -249,7 +248,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. check bootloader #. returns error message if system is not supported Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ #. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior #: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde?" +msgstr "" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Licensaftale" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -731,20 +731,19 @@ msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -# #. create the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "Genkender" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" -msgstr "Version" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arkitektur" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" @@ -775,7 +774,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "&Version" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -23,15 +23,12 @@ msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "" -# #. yes-no popup #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Vil du virkelig afslutte?\n" -"Alle ændringer vil gå tabt." #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 @@ -45,22 +42,21 @@ #. A popup dialog caption #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" -msgstr "Tilføj ny port" +msgstr "" #. A popup dialog caption #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" -msgstr "Redigér nuværende port" +msgstr "" -# #. A text entry #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" -msgstr "&Port" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." -msgstr "Portnummer må ikke være tomt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." @@ -70,7 +66,6 @@ msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "" -# #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -98,7 +93,7 @@ #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "Globale indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" @@ -124,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" -msgstr "Aktivér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" @@ -138,11 +133,10 @@ msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" -msgstr "Firewall" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" @@ -160,31 +154,29 @@ msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" -msgstr "TCP-porte" +msgstr "" -# #. A table header #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." -msgstr "&Tilføj..." +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." -msgstr "&Redigér..." +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" -msgstr "&Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" @@ -203,8 +195,6 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryd initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -221,10 +211,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b>.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"</p>\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" @@ -277,12 +263,11 @@ msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" -msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 @@ -294,12 +279,11 @@ msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." -msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 @@ -319,7 +303,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse firewall-indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 @@ -341,12 +325,11 @@ msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 @@ -358,12 +341,11 @@ msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 @@ -383,4 +365,4 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive firewall-indstillinger." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -883,33 +883,30 @@ msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Brug ikke Kerberos" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "Standardområde" +msgstr "" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "Standarddomæne" +msgstr "" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-serveradresse" +msgstr "" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "Tidsforskydning" +msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "<b>KDC-server</b>: %1<br>" +msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -921,7 +918,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" -msgstr "<b>Standardområde</b>: %1<br>" +msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -945,7 +942,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "Konfiguration hentet via DNS" +msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -953,8 +950,6 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Tidsforskydning er ugyldig.\n" -"Prøv igen.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -962,8 +957,6 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" -"Levetid er ugyldig.\n" -"Prøv igen." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -1439,11 +1439,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "Afrikaans" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "Arabisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "Persisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "Indonesisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "Lettisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "Malayisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "Thai" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1611,11 +1611,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "Uzbekisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "Vietnamesisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -6085,7 +6085,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" +msgstr "" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -46,10 +46,9 @@ msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" -msgstr "Åben" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "Gem som" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,14 +175,13 @@ msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" -msgstr "Valgmuligheder" +msgstr "" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 @@ -209,14 +207,13 @@ msgid "Company" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "E-mail-adresse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -253,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "Fremgang" +msgstr "" #. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 @@ -264,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "Filnavn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -283,8 +280,6 @@ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryd initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -301,10 +296,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big></b><br>\n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b>.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -329,9 +320,6 @@ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigere eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" -"Hvis du trykker på <b>Redigér</b>, åbner en yderligere dialog, hvor\n" -"du kan ændre konfigurationen.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 @@ -482,9 +470,6 @@ "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfiguration - anden del</big></b><br>\n" -"Tryk på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte.\n" -"<br></p>\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -493,9 +478,6 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vælge noget</big></b><br>\n" -"Det er ikke muligt. Du skal kode det først :-)\n" -"</p>" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -784,7 +766,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -793,7 +775,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "root-adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -812,30 +794,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ #. Left side: global config & connection management #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" @@ -248,8 +248,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -294,11 +297,11 @@ #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrivelse" +msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 msgid "Gateway (Server)" @@ -495,7 +498,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -525,3 +529,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" +